Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

38
UMSA- Inglés Lecto comprensión - Inglés I y II 1 LECTOCOMPRENSIÓN INGLES CUADERNILLO Este cuadernillo es una compilación de algunos temas para guía – ayuda en el aprendizaje de la lecto comprensión en inglés. Se lo actualiza continuamente y se irán agregando otros temas de interés.

Transcript of Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

Page 1: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

1

LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN

INGLES CUADERNILLO Este cuadernillo es una compilacioacuten de algunos temas para guiacutea ndash ayuda en el aprendizaje de la lecto comprensioacuten en ingleacutes Se lo actualiza continuamente y se iraacuten agregando otros temas de intereacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

2

INDICE

Ndeg Contenidos Paacutegina ndeg

1 Estrategias de lectura Anticipacioacuten ndash Prediccioacuten (hipoacutetesis) ndashAdivinanza inteligente - Intelligent guessing Skimming ndash Scanning

2 Metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten vs La traduccioacuten Definiciones Estrategias de traduccioacuten El calco el preacutestamo y otras

3 Conexiones loacutegicas de oraciones- Conectores (linkers)

4 Cohesioacuten y coherencia (Cohesion and coherence) Referencias personal demostrativa y comparativa Pronombres subjetivos objetivos posesivos adjetivos posesivos

5 Formacioacuten de palabras (Word formation) Afijacioacuten (affixation) prefijos (prefixes) y sufijos (suffixes)

6 Glosario (Glossary) Definicioacuten Finalidad Ejemplos Uso del diccionario

7 Teacutecnicas para una mejor interpretacioacuten Pre modificadores

8 El orden en la oracioacuten inglesa

9 Comparaciones Grados comparativo superlativos y de igualdad y desigualdad

10 Verbos Principales tiempos verbales Presente Simple Continuo Perfecto - Pasado Simple (verbos regulares e irregulares) Pasado Perfecto Pasado Continuo

11 Los verbos modales Can-could-may-might- must-will-would-shall-should

12 Voz activa y Pasiva 13 Uso del Gerundio 14 Preposiciones (de lugar de tiempo de movimiento otras expresiones en

las que se usan preposiciones)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

3

1 ESTRATEGIAS DE LECTURA Antes de leer ANTICIPACION-PREDICCION a) Observe el texto b) A partir del tiacutetulo foto dibujo o graacutefico el epiacutegrafe y del paratexto en general prediga cuaacutel seraacute el toacutepico PRIMERA LECTURA Cuatro claves para la comprensioacuten general de un texto Cuando leemos un texto de manera global podemos hacer uso de las cuatro claves - Primera clave Palabras que se repiten - Segunda clave Palabras que se parecen en ambos idiomas (palabras trasparentes) - Tercera clave Indicacioacuten tipograacutefica

El tiacutetulo cifras en el texto 1995 $10000 etc Y a queacute se refieren letras mayuacutesculas nombres propios uso de tipo especial negrita o cursiva divisioacuten en paacuterrafos

- Cuarta clave Selectividad Al leer un texto es muy importante saber lo que significa el tiacutetulo con exactitud ya que este nos va a dar el anclaje del mismo El orden de las palabras suele dificultar la comprensioacuten del tiacutetulo Si hacemos una traduccioacuten literal del tiacutetulo de este texto leeriacuteamos lo siguiente

Personal Piano Lessons at the PC

Personal piano lecciones en la personal computadora

Sin embargo en castellano se expresariacutea de la siguiente manera

Lecciones de piano individuales en la computadora personal (PC)

Dicho ejemplo refleja la idea que sustenta nuestro enfoque que para lograr una buena comprensioacuten de un texto es necesario lograr una buena interpretacioacuten y NO una traduccioacuten literal PREDICCION A) Realice una prediccioacuten (hipoacutetesis) acerca del contenido del texto utilizando las claves anteriores y las teacutecnicas de skimming (lectura raacutepida) e intelligent guessing (adivinanza inteligente)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

4

ldquoSKIMMINGrdquo (LECTURA RAPIDA)

1) Leer las primeras oraciones o el primer paacuterrafo cuidadosamente 2) Si el texto es largo lea el 2ordm paacuterrafo porque a veces el 1ordm paacuterrafo es meramente una introduccioacuten y el 2ordm

contiene maacutes informacioacuten sobre el tema 3) Luego dar un vistazo al comienzo de cada paacuterrafo 4) Seleccione algunas palabras claves 5) Generalmente la oracioacuten toacutepico se encuentra al comienzo pero a veces puede estar al final 6) Saltee las partes que no le brinden informacioacuten esencial 7) Lea el uacuteltimo paacuterrafo con mayor detenimiento El autor suele incluir la conclusioacuten en esta parte

ldquoSCANNINGrdquo (BUSQUEDA INFORMACION ESPECIFICA) Ej en una biografiacutea buscar fecha de nacimiento nacionalidad estudios seguacuten el ejercicio a realizar

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

5

2 METODOLOGIacuteA DE LA LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN VS LA TRADUCCIOacuteN

La metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten apunta a guiar a los lectores en forma gradual y progresivamente maacutes compleja en el reconocimiento de los iacutendices iconograacuteficos formales enunciativos y temaacuteticos necesarios para construir el sentido del texto internalizando las estrategias de lectura para aplicarlas en lecturas futuras a partir de una reflexioacuten metacognitiva A su vez se incentiva al alumno a activar sus conocimientos enciclopeacutedicos y discursivos (deduccioacuten induccioacuten comparacioacuten etc) integraacutendolos a su interpretacioacuten del plano linguumliacutestico En este contexto la gramaacutetica textual estaraacute al servicio de la actividad de lectura como una herramienta maacutes para que los alumnos puedan resolver los problemas sintaacutecticos particulares que dificultan el proceso de construccioacuten de sentido Mediante actividades de pre-lectura (anticipacioacuten hipotetizacioacuten) lectura (confirmacioacuten rectificacioacuten) y elaboracioacuten (conclusiones) las consignas de lectocomprensioacuten apuntaraacuten en general al bull Relevamiento de iacutendices portadores de sentido bull Reconocimiento del tipo de texto sus funciones posicionamiento del autor y el destinatario bull Anaacutelisis y progresioacuten de los recursos argumentativos de las hipoacutetesis a las conclusiones bull Produccioacuten de cuadros sinoacutepticos siacutentesis de idea(s) principal(es) resuacutemenes y criacutetica bull Reconocimiento de estrategias discursivas La ensentildeanza de lectocomprensioacuten en lengua extranjera o Ingleacutes para fines especiacuteficos no debe confundirse con la teacutecnica de la traduccioacuten que por otra parte requiere de un exhaustivo conocimiento de ambas lenguas y culturas Por ello las guiacuteas de lectura (actividades) estaraacuten disentildeadas para que los alumnos sean capaces de interpretar (y eventualmente criticar) el texto analizado respondiendo conceptualmente y en espantildeol Asiacute se relativiza y economiza el uso del diccionario bilinguumle que debe ser tan soacutelo una herramienta de ayuda para reconocer el leacutexico acadeacutemico y decodificar el leacutexico especiacutefico que gradualmente pasaraacute a enriquecer las redes semaacutenticas del lector en la lectura comprensiva de textos futuros

La traduccioacuten (del latiacuten traductĭo -ōnis hacer pasar de un lugar a otro) es una actividad que consiste en comprender el significado de un texto en un idioma llamado texto origen para producir un texto con significado equivalente en otro idioma llamado texto traducido El resultado de esta actividad el texto traducido tambieacuten se denomina traduccioacuten

El objetivo de la traduccioacuten es crear una relacioacuten de equivalencia entre el texto origen y el texto traducido es decir la seguridad de que ambos textos comunican el mismo mensaje a la vez que se tienen en cuenta aspectos como el geacutenero textual el contexto las reglas de la gramaacutetica de cada uno de los idiomas las convenciones estiliacutesticas la fraseologiacutea etc

El proceso de traduccioacuten es al decir de Jiri Levy es un proceso de toma de decisiones Estas decisiones son de dos tipos entre las diversas interpretaciones del texto de partida y entre las diversas posibilidades para su expresioacuten en el texto de llegada Tales decisiones no tienen por queacute ser forzosamente correctas o incorrectas sino que abren y cierran posibilidades crean y eliminan

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

6

relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido

Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico

Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten

Definiciones de traduccioacuten

Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten

Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1

A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en

[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2

El proceso traductoloacutegico

En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal

En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)

En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

7

sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)

En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten

Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida

Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes

El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna

Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten

Estrategias de traduccioacuten

No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado

Adaptacioacuten

Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad

Preacutestamo

El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

8

oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc

Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich

Calco

El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes

Modulacioacuten

Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista

Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar

En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor

Transposicioacuten

Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra

Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso

La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)

Equivalencia

Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado

Traduccioacuten literal

Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo

Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

9

Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten

Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico

ISO 23841977

Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes

Referencias

1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29

Errores en la traduccioacuten

Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas

1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado

contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

10

3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA

Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes

Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos

Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo

Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

11

4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)

Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores

1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)

Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 2: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

2

INDICE

Ndeg Contenidos Paacutegina ndeg

1 Estrategias de lectura Anticipacioacuten ndash Prediccioacuten (hipoacutetesis) ndashAdivinanza inteligente - Intelligent guessing Skimming ndash Scanning

2 Metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten vs La traduccioacuten Definiciones Estrategias de traduccioacuten El calco el preacutestamo y otras

3 Conexiones loacutegicas de oraciones- Conectores (linkers)

4 Cohesioacuten y coherencia (Cohesion and coherence) Referencias personal demostrativa y comparativa Pronombres subjetivos objetivos posesivos adjetivos posesivos

5 Formacioacuten de palabras (Word formation) Afijacioacuten (affixation) prefijos (prefixes) y sufijos (suffixes)

6 Glosario (Glossary) Definicioacuten Finalidad Ejemplos Uso del diccionario

7 Teacutecnicas para una mejor interpretacioacuten Pre modificadores

8 El orden en la oracioacuten inglesa

9 Comparaciones Grados comparativo superlativos y de igualdad y desigualdad

10 Verbos Principales tiempos verbales Presente Simple Continuo Perfecto - Pasado Simple (verbos regulares e irregulares) Pasado Perfecto Pasado Continuo

11 Los verbos modales Can-could-may-might- must-will-would-shall-should

12 Voz activa y Pasiva 13 Uso del Gerundio 14 Preposiciones (de lugar de tiempo de movimiento otras expresiones en

las que se usan preposiciones)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

3

1 ESTRATEGIAS DE LECTURA Antes de leer ANTICIPACION-PREDICCION a) Observe el texto b) A partir del tiacutetulo foto dibujo o graacutefico el epiacutegrafe y del paratexto en general prediga cuaacutel seraacute el toacutepico PRIMERA LECTURA Cuatro claves para la comprensioacuten general de un texto Cuando leemos un texto de manera global podemos hacer uso de las cuatro claves - Primera clave Palabras que se repiten - Segunda clave Palabras que se parecen en ambos idiomas (palabras trasparentes) - Tercera clave Indicacioacuten tipograacutefica

El tiacutetulo cifras en el texto 1995 $10000 etc Y a queacute se refieren letras mayuacutesculas nombres propios uso de tipo especial negrita o cursiva divisioacuten en paacuterrafos

- Cuarta clave Selectividad Al leer un texto es muy importante saber lo que significa el tiacutetulo con exactitud ya que este nos va a dar el anclaje del mismo El orden de las palabras suele dificultar la comprensioacuten del tiacutetulo Si hacemos una traduccioacuten literal del tiacutetulo de este texto leeriacuteamos lo siguiente

Personal Piano Lessons at the PC

Personal piano lecciones en la personal computadora

Sin embargo en castellano se expresariacutea de la siguiente manera

Lecciones de piano individuales en la computadora personal (PC)

Dicho ejemplo refleja la idea que sustenta nuestro enfoque que para lograr una buena comprensioacuten de un texto es necesario lograr una buena interpretacioacuten y NO una traduccioacuten literal PREDICCION A) Realice una prediccioacuten (hipoacutetesis) acerca del contenido del texto utilizando las claves anteriores y las teacutecnicas de skimming (lectura raacutepida) e intelligent guessing (adivinanza inteligente)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

4

ldquoSKIMMINGrdquo (LECTURA RAPIDA)

1) Leer las primeras oraciones o el primer paacuterrafo cuidadosamente 2) Si el texto es largo lea el 2ordm paacuterrafo porque a veces el 1ordm paacuterrafo es meramente una introduccioacuten y el 2ordm

contiene maacutes informacioacuten sobre el tema 3) Luego dar un vistazo al comienzo de cada paacuterrafo 4) Seleccione algunas palabras claves 5) Generalmente la oracioacuten toacutepico se encuentra al comienzo pero a veces puede estar al final 6) Saltee las partes que no le brinden informacioacuten esencial 7) Lea el uacuteltimo paacuterrafo con mayor detenimiento El autor suele incluir la conclusioacuten en esta parte

ldquoSCANNINGrdquo (BUSQUEDA INFORMACION ESPECIFICA) Ej en una biografiacutea buscar fecha de nacimiento nacionalidad estudios seguacuten el ejercicio a realizar

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

5

2 METODOLOGIacuteA DE LA LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN VS LA TRADUCCIOacuteN

La metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten apunta a guiar a los lectores en forma gradual y progresivamente maacutes compleja en el reconocimiento de los iacutendices iconograacuteficos formales enunciativos y temaacuteticos necesarios para construir el sentido del texto internalizando las estrategias de lectura para aplicarlas en lecturas futuras a partir de una reflexioacuten metacognitiva A su vez se incentiva al alumno a activar sus conocimientos enciclopeacutedicos y discursivos (deduccioacuten induccioacuten comparacioacuten etc) integraacutendolos a su interpretacioacuten del plano linguumliacutestico En este contexto la gramaacutetica textual estaraacute al servicio de la actividad de lectura como una herramienta maacutes para que los alumnos puedan resolver los problemas sintaacutecticos particulares que dificultan el proceso de construccioacuten de sentido Mediante actividades de pre-lectura (anticipacioacuten hipotetizacioacuten) lectura (confirmacioacuten rectificacioacuten) y elaboracioacuten (conclusiones) las consignas de lectocomprensioacuten apuntaraacuten en general al bull Relevamiento de iacutendices portadores de sentido bull Reconocimiento del tipo de texto sus funciones posicionamiento del autor y el destinatario bull Anaacutelisis y progresioacuten de los recursos argumentativos de las hipoacutetesis a las conclusiones bull Produccioacuten de cuadros sinoacutepticos siacutentesis de idea(s) principal(es) resuacutemenes y criacutetica bull Reconocimiento de estrategias discursivas La ensentildeanza de lectocomprensioacuten en lengua extranjera o Ingleacutes para fines especiacuteficos no debe confundirse con la teacutecnica de la traduccioacuten que por otra parte requiere de un exhaustivo conocimiento de ambas lenguas y culturas Por ello las guiacuteas de lectura (actividades) estaraacuten disentildeadas para que los alumnos sean capaces de interpretar (y eventualmente criticar) el texto analizado respondiendo conceptualmente y en espantildeol Asiacute se relativiza y economiza el uso del diccionario bilinguumle que debe ser tan soacutelo una herramienta de ayuda para reconocer el leacutexico acadeacutemico y decodificar el leacutexico especiacutefico que gradualmente pasaraacute a enriquecer las redes semaacutenticas del lector en la lectura comprensiva de textos futuros

La traduccioacuten (del latiacuten traductĭo -ōnis hacer pasar de un lugar a otro) es una actividad que consiste en comprender el significado de un texto en un idioma llamado texto origen para producir un texto con significado equivalente en otro idioma llamado texto traducido El resultado de esta actividad el texto traducido tambieacuten se denomina traduccioacuten

El objetivo de la traduccioacuten es crear una relacioacuten de equivalencia entre el texto origen y el texto traducido es decir la seguridad de que ambos textos comunican el mismo mensaje a la vez que se tienen en cuenta aspectos como el geacutenero textual el contexto las reglas de la gramaacutetica de cada uno de los idiomas las convenciones estiliacutesticas la fraseologiacutea etc

El proceso de traduccioacuten es al decir de Jiri Levy es un proceso de toma de decisiones Estas decisiones son de dos tipos entre las diversas interpretaciones del texto de partida y entre las diversas posibilidades para su expresioacuten en el texto de llegada Tales decisiones no tienen por queacute ser forzosamente correctas o incorrectas sino que abren y cierran posibilidades crean y eliminan

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

6

relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido

Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico

Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten

Definiciones de traduccioacuten

Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten

Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1

A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en

[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2

El proceso traductoloacutegico

En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal

En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)

En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

7

sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)

En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten

Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida

Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes

El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna

Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten

Estrategias de traduccioacuten

No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado

Adaptacioacuten

Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad

Preacutestamo

El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

8

oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc

Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich

Calco

El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes

Modulacioacuten

Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista

Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar

En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor

Transposicioacuten

Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra

Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso

La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)

Equivalencia

Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado

Traduccioacuten literal

Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo

Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

9

Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten

Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico

ISO 23841977

Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes

Referencias

1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29

Errores en la traduccioacuten

Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas

1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado

contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

10

3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA

Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes

Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos

Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo

Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

11

4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)

Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores

1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)

Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 3: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

3

1 ESTRATEGIAS DE LECTURA Antes de leer ANTICIPACION-PREDICCION a) Observe el texto b) A partir del tiacutetulo foto dibujo o graacutefico el epiacutegrafe y del paratexto en general prediga cuaacutel seraacute el toacutepico PRIMERA LECTURA Cuatro claves para la comprensioacuten general de un texto Cuando leemos un texto de manera global podemos hacer uso de las cuatro claves - Primera clave Palabras que se repiten - Segunda clave Palabras que se parecen en ambos idiomas (palabras trasparentes) - Tercera clave Indicacioacuten tipograacutefica

El tiacutetulo cifras en el texto 1995 $10000 etc Y a queacute se refieren letras mayuacutesculas nombres propios uso de tipo especial negrita o cursiva divisioacuten en paacuterrafos

- Cuarta clave Selectividad Al leer un texto es muy importante saber lo que significa el tiacutetulo con exactitud ya que este nos va a dar el anclaje del mismo El orden de las palabras suele dificultar la comprensioacuten del tiacutetulo Si hacemos una traduccioacuten literal del tiacutetulo de este texto leeriacuteamos lo siguiente

Personal Piano Lessons at the PC

Personal piano lecciones en la personal computadora

Sin embargo en castellano se expresariacutea de la siguiente manera

Lecciones de piano individuales en la computadora personal (PC)

Dicho ejemplo refleja la idea que sustenta nuestro enfoque que para lograr una buena comprensioacuten de un texto es necesario lograr una buena interpretacioacuten y NO una traduccioacuten literal PREDICCION A) Realice una prediccioacuten (hipoacutetesis) acerca del contenido del texto utilizando las claves anteriores y las teacutecnicas de skimming (lectura raacutepida) e intelligent guessing (adivinanza inteligente)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

4

ldquoSKIMMINGrdquo (LECTURA RAPIDA)

1) Leer las primeras oraciones o el primer paacuterrafo cuidadosamente 2) Si el texto es largo lea el 2ordm paacuterrafo porque a veces el 1ordm paacuterrafo es meramente una introduccioacuten y el 2ordm

contiene maacutes informacioacuten sobre el tema 3) Luego dar un vistazo al comienzo de cada paacuterrafo 4) Seleccione algunas palabras claves 5) Generalmente la oracioacuten toacutepico se encuentra al comienzo pero a veces puede estar al final 6) Saltee las partes que no le brinden informacioacuten esencial 7) Lea el uacuteltimo paacuterrafo con mayor detenimiento El autor suele incluir la conclusioacuten en esta parte

ldquoSCANNINGrdquo (BUSQUEDA INFORMACION ESPECIFICA) Ej en una biografiacutea buscar fecha de nacimiento nacionalidad estudios seguacuten el ejercicio a realizar

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

5

2 METODOLOGIacuteA DE LA LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN VS LA TRADUCCIOacuteN

La metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten apunta a guiar a los lectores en forma gradual y progresivamente maacutes compleja en el reconocimiento de los iacutendices iconograacuteficos formales enunciativos y temaacuteticos necesarios para construir el sentido del texto internalizando las estrategias de lectura para aplicarlas en lecturas futuras a partir de una reflexioacuten metacognitiva A su vez se incentiva al alumno a activar sus conocimientos enciclopeacutedicos y discursivos (deduccioacuten induccioacuten comparacioacuten etc) integraacutendolos a su interpretacioacuten del plano linguumliacutestico En este contexto la gramaacutetica textual estaraacute al servicio de la actividad de lectura como una herramienta maacutes para que los alumnos puedan resolver los problemas sintaacutecticos particulares que dificultan el proceso de construccioacuten de sentido Mediante actividades de pre-lectura (anticipacioacuten hipotetizacioacuten) lectura (confirmacioacuten rectificacioacuten) y elaboracioacuten (conclusiones) las consignas de lectocomprensioacuten apuntaraacuten en general al bull Relevamiento de iacutendices portadores de sentido bull Reconocimiento del tipo de texto sus funciones posicionamiento del autor y el destinatario bull Anaacutelisis y progresioacuten de los recursos argumentativos de las hipoacutetesis a las conclusiones bull Produccioacuten de cuadros sinoacutepticos siacutentesis de idea(s) principal(es) resuacutemenes y criacutetica bull Reconocimiento de estrategias discursivas La ensentildeanza de lectocomprensioacuten en lengua extranjera o Ingleacutes para fines especiacuteficos no debe confundirse con la teacutecnica de la traduccioacuten que por otra parte requiere de un exhaustivo conocimiento de ambas lenguas y culturas Por ello las guiacuteas de lectura (actividades) estaraacuten disentildeadas para que los alumnos sean capaces de interpretar (y eventualmente criticar) el texto analizado respondiendo conceptualmente y en espantildeol Asiacute se relativiza y economiza el uso del diccionario bilinguumle que debe ser tan soacutelo una herramienta de ayuda para reconocer el leacutexico acadeacutemico y decodificar el leacutexico especiacutefico que gradualmente pasaraacute a enriquecer las redes semaacutenticas del lector en la lectura comprensiva de textos futuros

La traduccioacuten (del latiacuten traductĭo -ōnis hacer pasar de un lugar a otro) es una actividad que consiste en comprender el significado de un texto en un idioma llamado texto origen para producir un texto con significado equivalente en otro idioma llamado texto traducido El resultado de esta actividad el texto traducido tambieacuten se denomina traduccioacuten

El objetivo de la traduccioacuten es crear una relacioacuten de equivalencia entre el texto origen y el texto traducido es decir la seguridad de que ambos textos comunican el mismo mensaje a la vez que se tienen en cuenta aspectos como el geacutenero textual el contexto las reglas de la gramaacutetica de cada uno de los idiomas las convenciones estiliacutesticas la fraseologiacutea etc

El proceso de traduccioacuten es al decir de Jiri Levy es un proceso de toma de decisiones Estas decisiones son de dos tipos entre las diversas interpretaciones del texto de partida y entre las diversas posibilidades para su expresioacuten en el texto de llegada Tales decisiones no tienen por queacute ser forzosamente correctas o incorrectas sino que abren y cierran posibilidades crean y eliminan

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

6

relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido

Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico

Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten

Definiciones de traduccioacuten

Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten

Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1

A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en

[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2

El proceso traductoloacutegico

En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal

En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)

En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

7

sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)

En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten

Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida

Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes

El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna

Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten

Estrategias de traduccioacuten

No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado

Adaptacioacuten

Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad

Preacutestamo

El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

8

oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc

Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich

Calco

El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes

Modulacioacuten

Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista

Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar

En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor

Transposicioacuten

Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra

Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso

La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)

Equivalencia

Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado

Traduccioacuten literal

Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo

Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

9

Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten

Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico

ISO 23841977

Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes

Referencias

1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29

Errores en la traduccioacuten

Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas

1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado

contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

10

3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA

Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes

Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos

Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo

Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

11

4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)

Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores

1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)

Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 4: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

4

ldquoSKIMMINGrdquo (LECTURA RAPIDA)

1) Leer las primeras oraciones o el primer paacuterrafo cuidadosamente 2) Si el texto es largo lea el 2ordm paacuterrafo porque a veces el 1ordm paacuterrafo es meramente una introduccioacuten y el 2ordm

contiene maacutes informacioacuten sobre el tema 3) Luego dar un vistazo al comienzo de cada paacuterrafo 4) Seleccione algunas palabras claves 5) Generalmente la oracioacuten toacutepico se encuentra al comienzo pero a veces puede estar al final 6) Saltee las partes que no le brinden informacioacuten esencial 7) Lea el uacuteltimo paacuterrafo con mayor detenimiento El autor suele incluir la conclusioacuten en esta parte

ldquoSCANNINGrdquo (BUSQUEDA INFORMACION ESPECIFICA) Ej en una biografiacutea buscar fecha de nacimiento nacionalidad estudios seguacuten el ejercicio a realizar

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

5

2 METODOLOGIacuteA DE LA LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN VS LA TRADUCCIOacuteN

La metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten apunta a guiar a los lectores en forma gradual y progresivamente maacutes compleja en el reconocimiento de los iacutendices iconograacuteficos formales enunciativos y temaacuteticos necesarios para construir el sentido del texto internalizando las estrategias de lectura para aplicarlas en lecturas futuras a partir de una reflexioacuten metacognitiva A su vez se incentiva al alumno a activar sus conocimientos enciclopeacutedicos y discursivos (deduccioacuten induccioacuten comparacioacuten etc) integraacutendolos a su interpretacioacuten del plano linguumliacutestico En este contexto la gramaacutetica textual estaraacute al servicio de la actividad de lectura como una herramienta maacutes para que los alumnos puedan resolver los problemas sintaacutecticos particulares que dificultan el proceso de construccioacuten de sentido Mediante actividades de pre-lectura (anticipacioacuten hipotetizacioacuten) lectura (confirmacioacuten rectificacioacuten) y elaboracioacuten (conclusiones) las consignas de lectocomprensioacuten apuntaraacuten en general al bull Relevamiento de iacutendices portadores de sentido bull Reconocimiento del tipo de texto sus funciones posicionamiento del autor y el destinatario bull Anaacutelisis y progresioacuten de los recursos argumentativos de las hipoacutetesis a las conclusiones bull Produccioacuten de cuadros sinoacutepticos siacutentesis de idea(s) principal(es) resuacutemenes y criacutetica bull Reconocimiento de estrategias discursivas La ensentildeanza de lectocomprensioacuten en lengua extranjera o Ingleacutes para fines especiacuteficos no debe confundirse con la teacutecnica de la traduccioacuten que por otra parte requiere de un exhaustivo conocimiento de ambas lenguas y culturas Por ello las guiacuteas de lectura (actividades) estaraacuten disentildeadas para que los alumnos sean capaces de interpretar (y eventualmente criticar) el texto analizado respondiendo conceptualmente y en espantildeol Asiacute se relativiza y economiza el uso del diccionario bilinguumle que debe ser tan soacutelo una herramienta de ayuda para reconocer el leacutexico acadeacutemico y decodificar el leacutexico especiacutefico que gradualmente pasaraacute a enriquecer las redes semaacutenticas del lector en la lectura comprensiva de textos futuros

La traduccioacuten (del latiacuten traductĭo -ōnis hacer pasar de un lugar a otro) es una actividad que consiste en comprender el significado de un texto en un idioma llamado texto origen para producir un texto con significado equivalente en otro idioma llamado texto traducido El resultado de esta actividad el texto traducido tambieacuten se denomina traduccioacuten

El objetivo de la traduccioacuten es crear una relacioacuten de equivalencia entre el texto origen y el texto traducido es decir la seguridad de que ambos textos comunican el mismo mensaje a la vez que se tienen en cuenta aspectos como el geacutenero textual el contexto las reglas de la gramaacutetica de cada uno de los idiomas las convenciones estiliacutesticas la fraseologiacutea etc

El proceso de traduccioacuten es al decir de Jiri Levy es un proceso de toma de decisiones Estas decisiones son de dos tipos entre las diversas interpretaciones del texto de partida y entre las diversas posibilidades para su expresioacuten en el texto de llegada Tales decisiones no tienen por queacute ser forzosamente correctas o incorrectas sino que abren y cierran posibilidades crean y eliminan

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

6

relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido

Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico

Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten

Definiciones de traduccioacuten

Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten

Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1

A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en

[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2

El proceso traductoloacutegico

En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal

En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)

En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

7

sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)

En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten

Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida

Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes

El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna

Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten

Estrategias de traduccioacuten

No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado

Adaptacioacuten

Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad

Preacutestamo

El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

8

oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc

Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich

Calco

El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes

Modulacioacuten

Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista

Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar

En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor

Transposicioacuten

Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra

Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso

La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)

Equivalencia

Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado

Traduccioacuten literal

Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo

Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

9

Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten

Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico

ISO 23841977

Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes

Referencias

1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29

Errores en la traduccioacuten

Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas

1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado

contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

10

3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA

Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes

Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos

Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo

Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

11

4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)

Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores

1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)

Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 5: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

5

2 METODOLOGIacuteA DE LA LECTOCOMPRENSIOacuteN VS LA TRADUCCIOacuteN

La metodologiacutea de la lectocomprensioacuten apunta a guiar a los lectores en forma gradual y progresivamente maacutes compleja en el reconocimiento de los iacutendices iconograacuteficos formales enunciativos y temaacuteticos necesarios para construir el sentido del texto internalizando las estrategias de lectura para aplicarlas en lecturas futuras a partir de una reflexioacuten metacognitiva A su vez se incentiva al alumno a activar sus conocimientos enciclopeacutedicos y discursivos (deduccioacuten induccioacuten comparacioacuten etc) integraacutendolos a su interpretacioacuten del plano linguumliacutestico En este contexto la gramaacutetica textual estaraacute al servicio de la actividad de lectura como una herramienta maacutes para que los alumnos puedan resolver los problemas sintaacutecticos particulares que dificultan el proceso de construccioacuten de sentido Mediante actividades de pre-lectura (anticipacioacuten hipotetizacioacuten) lectura (confirmacioacuten rectificacioacuten) y elaboracioacuten (conclusiones) las consignas de lectocomprensioacuten apuntaraacuten en general al bull Relevamiento de iacutendices portadores de sentido bull Reconocimiento del tipo de texto sus funciones posicionamiento del autor y el destinatario bull Anaacutelisis y progresioacuten de los recursos argumentativos de las hipoacutetesis a las conclusiones bull Produccioacuten de cuadros sinoacutepticos siacutentesis de idea(s) principal(es) resuacutemenes y criacutetica bull Reconocimiento de estrategias discursivas La ensentildeanza de lectocomprensioacuten en lengua extranjera o Ingleacutes para fines especiacuteficos no debe confundirse con la teacutecnica de la traduccioacuten que por otra parte requiere de un exhaustivo conocimiento de ambas lenguas y culturas Por ello las guiacuteas de lectura (actividades) estaraacuten disentildeadas para que los alumnos sean capaces de interpretar (y eventualmente criticar) el texto analizado respondiendo conceptualmente y en espantildeol Asiacute se relativiza y economiza el uso del diccionario bilinguumle que debe ser tan soacutelo una herramienta de ayuda para reconocer el leacutexico acadeacutemico y decodificar el leacutexico especiacutefico que gradualmente pasaraacute a enriquecer las redes semaacutenticas del lector en la lectura comprensiva de textos futuros

La traduccioacuten (del latiacuten traductĭo -ōnis hacer pasar de un lugar a otro) es una actividad que consiste en comprender el significado de un texto en un idioma llamado texto origen para producir un texto con significado equivalente en otro idioma llamado texto traducido El resultado de esta actividad el texto traducido tambieacuten se denomina traduccioacuten

El objetivo de la traduccioacuten es crear una relacioacuten de equivalencia entre el texto origen y el texto traducido es decir la seguridad de que ambos textos comunican el mismo mensaje a la vez que se tienen en cuenta aspectos como el geacutenero textual el contexto las reglas de la gramaacutetica de cada uno de los idiomas las convenciones estiliacutesticas la fraseologiacutea etc

El proceso de traduccioacuten es al decir de Jiri Levy es un proceso de toma de decisiones Estas decisiones son de dos tipos entre las diversas interpretaciones del texto de partida y entre las diversas posibilidades para su expresioacuten en el texto de llegada Tales decisiones no tienen por queacute ser forzosamente correctas o incorrectas sino que abren y cierran posibilidades crean y eliminan

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

6

relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido

Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico

Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten

Definiciones de traduccioacuten

Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten

Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1

A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en

[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2

El proceso traductoloacutegico

En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal

En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)

En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

7

sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)

En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten

Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida

Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes

El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna

Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten

Estrategias de traduccioacuten

No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado

Adaptacioacuten

Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad

Preacutestamo

El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

8

oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc

Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich

Calco

El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes

Modulacioacuten

Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista

Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar

En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor

Transposicioacuten

Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra

Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso

La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)

Equivalencia

Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado

Traduccioacuten literal

Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo

Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

9

Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten

Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico

ISO 23841977

Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes

Referencias

1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29

Errores en la traduccioacuten

Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas

1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado

contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

10

3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA

Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes

Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos

Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo

Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

11

4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)

Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores

1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)

Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 6: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

6

relaciones hacen y deshacen equilibrios La traduccioacuten considerada de este modo es una actividad que conjuga interpretacioacuten y creacioacuten De alliacute en primer lugar la responsabilidad de la que estaacute cargada la labor del traductor ya que en tanto que eslaboacuten intermedio entre la obra de partida y los lectores de llegada se ve obligado a realizar una lectura a fijar una lectura que tiene el poder de condicionar todas las posteriores Actuacutea ante el texto como un lector normal pero al mismo tiempo debe esforzarse por comportarse como un lector ideal capaz de descubrir lo que el texto dice implica o presupone Wolfgan Iser ha hablado en este sentido de ldquolector realrdquo y ldquolector impliacutecitordquo (aquel que el texto crea para siacute mismo) y Umberto Ecco de ldquolector empiacutericordquo y ldquolector modelordquo El traductor no soacutelo tiene que averiguar el sentido de un texto tambieacuten tiene que identificar sus intersticios sus espacios en blanco unos huecos que como lector actualiza y que como traductor algunasveces rellenaraacute y otras (la mayoriacutea) no Lo que permite el acceso a la fidelidad al pensamiento del autor es una especie de siacutentesis de las diversas fidelidades al sentido

Una traduccioacuten tiene que ser fiel o mejor dicho coherente en relacioacuten con los objetivos que pretende alcanzar impliacutecita o expliacutecitamente Lo que estaacute conectado con la posibilidad de que una traduccioacuten pueda ser hermosa y fiel al mismo tiempo Esta fidelidad estaacute ligada con los objetivos por lo cual podemos hablar de fidelidad al sentido fidelidad semaacutentica sentido de las palabras de las frases a los segundos sentidos sentidos ocultos a las alusiones que a menudo contienen lo esencial del texto La calidad de una traduccioacuten dependeraacute con frecuencia de la eleccioacuten realizada entre estas fidelidades opuestas Y tambieacuten esta eleccioacuten viene en gran medida determinada por el siglo del traductor por su puacuteblico

Tradicionalmente la traduccioacuten ha sido una actividad desarrollada por humanos aunque hay numerosos intentos de automatizar la tarea de traducir textos naturales (traduccioacuten automaacutetica) o de utilizar ordenadores para ayudar a esta tarea (traduccioacuten asistida por ordenador o computadora) Un ejemplo de traduccioacuten asistida seriacutea el uso de una memoria de traduccioacuten

Definiciones de traduccioacuten

Existen variadas formas de definir la traduccioacuten seguacuten los distintos tipos de escuelas que han abordado su estudio De este modo Garciacutea Yebra dice sobre la traduccioacuten

Traducir es enunciar en otra lengua lo que ha sido enunciado en una lengua fuente conservando las equivalencias semaacutenticas y estiliacutesticas1

A su vez E A Nida dice la traduccioacuten consiste en

[hellip] reproducir en la lengua terminal el mensaje de la lengua original por medio del equivalente maacutes proacuteximo y maacutes natural primero en lo que se refiere al sentido y luego en lo que atantildee al estilo2

El proceso traductoloacutegico

En su obra Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten Valentiacuten Garciacutea Yebra reconoce dos fases en el proceso traductoloacutegico La fase de la comprensioacuten del texto original y la fase de la expresioacuten de su mensaje de su contenido en la lengua receptora o terminal

En la etapa de comprensioacuten se decodifica el sentido del texto origen en una actividad denominada semasioloacutegica (del griego sema sentido o significado) En la etapa de expresioacuten se recodifica este sentido en la lengua traducida etapa tambieacuten llamada onomasioloacutegica (del griego onoma nombre)

En la etapa de decodificacioacuten del sentido del texto el traductor debe identificar en primer lugar los segmentos que componen el texto original es decir debe establecer las unidades miacutenimas con

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

7

sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)

En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten

Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida

Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes

El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna

Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten

Estrategias de traduccioacuten

No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado

Adaptacioacuten

Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad

Preacutestamo

El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

8

oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc

Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich

Calco

El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes

Modulacioacuten

Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista

Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar

En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor

Transposicioacuten

Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra

Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso

La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)

Equivalencia

Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado

Traduccioacuten literal

Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo

Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

9

Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten

Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico

ISO 23841977

Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes

Referencias

1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29

Errores en la traduccioacuten

Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas

1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado

contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

10

3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA

Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes

Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos

Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo

Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

11

4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)

Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores

1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)

Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 7: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

7

sentido El segmento puede ser una palabra frase o incluso una o maacutes oraciones (por ejemplo un texto completo)

En la etapa de recodificacioacuten en la lengua traducida el traductor debe mantener el sentido del segmento original en un segmento de la lengua traducida respetando el genio de esta uacuteltima La reunioacuten del segmento origen con el segmento traducido es lo que se denomina unidad de traduccioacuten

Ambas etapas son de iacutendole recursiva y no necesariamente sucesivas es decir el traductor puede volver a desentrantildear el sentido del texto origen una vez que ha recodificado el sentido en la lengua traducida

Tras este procedimiento sencillo a primera vista se esconde una operacioacuten cognitiva compleja Para decodificar el sentido completo del texto origen el traductor tiene que interpretar y analizar todas sus caracteriacutesticas de forma consciente y metoacutedica Este proceso requiere un conocimiento profundo de la gramaacutetica semaacutentica sintaxis y frases hechas o similares de la lengua origen asiacute como de la cultura de sus hablantes

El traductor debe contar tambieacuten con estos conocimientos para recodificar el sentido en la lengua traducida De hecho estos suelen ser maacutes importantes y por tanto maacutes profundos que los de la lengua origen De ahiacute que la mayoriacutea de los traductores traduzcan a su lengua materna

Ademaacutes es esencial que los traductores conozcan el aacuterea que se estaacute tratando Los estudios realizados en los uacuteltimos antildeos en linguumliacutestica cognitiva nos han permitido comprender mejor el proceso cognitivo de la traduccioacuten

Estrategias de traduccioacuten

No siempre es posible traducir los enunciados con estructuras equivalentes por lo que el traductor debe recurrir a varias estrategias a fin de asegurar la traduccioacuten de un texto determinado

Adaptacioacuten

Adaptacioacuten conocida tambieacuten como traduccioacuten libre es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten en el que el traductor reemplaza una realidad cultural o social en el texto original con la correspondiente realidad en el texto traducido Esta nueva realidad resulta maacutes comuacuten para la audiencia del texto traducido La adaptacioacuten a menudo resulta uacutetil para la traduccioacuten de poesiacutea obras de teatro y publicidad

Preacutestamo

El preacutestamo consiste en utilizar una palabra o expresioacuten del texto original en el texto traducido Seguacuten Vinay y Darbelnet es una ldquopalabra que se toma de una lengua sin traducirlardquo El preacutestamo da fe de un vaciacuteo leacutexico en la lengua de llegada La palabra extranjera tiende en un primer momento a permanecer inalterada y puede sufrir luego una adaptacioacuten foneacutetica y morfoloacutegica Respecto al preacutestamo naturalizado cuando dicha naturalizacioacuten se produce ante una laguna linguumliacutestica en la lengua receptora no cabe duda que constituye una forma de enriquecimiento del idioma por lo que debe hacerse tambieacuten la distincioacuten entre preacutestamo necesario y preacutestamo innecesario En el aacutembito de la terminologiacutea informaacutetica abundan los ejemplos de anglicismos puros y anglicismos adaptados Por ej ldquobitrdquo ldquobyterdquo ldquochiprdquo pasaron claramente al castellano sin que hayan arraigado alternativas en cambio ldquodisketterdquo o los verbos ldquoformatrdquo ldquoinitializerdquo y ldquoresetrdquo se han asimilado en ldquodisqueterdquo ldquoformatearrdquo ldquoinicializarrdquo y ldquoresetearrdquo Tambieacuten hay situaciones intermedias Con ldquointerfacerdquo se

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

8

oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc

Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich

Calco

El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes

Modulacioacuten

Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista

Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar

En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor

Transposicioacuten

Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra

Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso

La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)

Equivalencia

Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado

Traduccioacuten literal

Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo

Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

9

Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten

Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico

ISO 23841977

Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes

Referencias

1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29

Errores en la traduccioacuten

Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas

1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado

contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

10

3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA

Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes

Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos

Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo

Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

11

4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)

Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores

1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)

Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 8: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

8

oscila entre ldquointerfacerdquo e ldquointerfazrdquo con ldquosortrdquo entre ldquoordenar clasificarrdquo ldquohacer un sortrdquo y ldquosortearrdquo etc

Los preacutestamos suelen notarse en cursiva y consisten en escribir la palabra en la lengua de origen en otras palabras es la no traduccioacuten del vocablo Un ejemplo de preacutestamo es blue jeans del ingleacutes Otro ejemplo puede ser la palabra saacutendwich

Calco

El calco leacutexico es un procedimiento de traduccioacuten que consiste en la creacioacuten de neologismos siguiendo la estructura de la lengua de origen Un ejemplo claro de esta es la palabra fuacutetbol originada de la palabra football en ingleacutes

Modulacioacuten

Consiste en variar la forma del mensaje mediante un cambio semaacutentico o de perspectiva La traduccioacuten del mensaje se realiza bajo un nuevo punto de vista

Original en ingleacutes It is not difficult to show Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol No es difiacutecil de demostrar Traduccioacuten modulada en espantildeol Es faacutecil de demostrar

En el ejemplo la expresioacuten de la oracioacuten con una coacutepula verbal con un adverbio negativo (it is not difficult) se tradujo en espantildeol con una coacutepula verbal en afirmativo (es faacutecil) por medio del cambio del adjetivo (no difiacutecil = faacutecil) La modulacioacuten se realiza especialmente cuando la traduccioacuten literal no se ajusta al genio o particularidad de la lengua traducida es decir la modulacioacuten produce una oracioacuten que suena mejor

Transposicioacuten

Consiste en el cambio de una categoriacutea gramatical por otra sin que cambie el sentido del mensaje En este procedimiento se produce un cambio de una estructura gramatical por otra

Original en ingleacutes After he comes back Traduccioacuten literal en espantildeol Despueacutes de que eacutel regrese Traduccioacuten transpuesta en espantildeol Despueacutes de su regreso

La claacuteusula dependiente (he comes back) se traduce con una frase nominal (su regreso)

Equivalencia

Equivalencia quiere decir la correspondencia en significado de una palabra en un idioma frente a otro idioma Dos palabras son equivalentes si tienen el mismo significado

Traduccioacuten literal

Se refiere al paso de la lengua de origen a la lengua traducida donde este paso da un resultado correcto El traductor soacutelo tiene que preocuparse de la servitudes linguistiques (colocaciones) que son propias de una lengua y no pueden cambiarse Por ejemplo

Mon Dieu pardonnez-moi cette meacuteprisable priegravere mais je ne puis eacutecarter son nom de mes legravevres ni oublier la peine de mon coeur

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

9

Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten

Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico

ISO 23841977

Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes

Referencias

1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29

Errores en la traduccioacuten

Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas

1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado

contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

10

3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA

Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes

Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos

Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo

Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

11

4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)

Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores

1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)

Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 9: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

9

Que Dios me perdone esta despreciable oracioacuten pero no puedo apartar su nombre de mis labios ni olvidar la pena de mi corazoacuten

Seguacuten Vinay y Dalbernet la traduccioacuten literal es liacutecita sobre todo entre lenguas que comparten una misma cultura Esto revela coexistencia fiacutesica que existe un acercamiento geograacutefico o bien ha habido periodos de bilinguumlismo en que se produce una influencia mutua imitacioacuten consciente o inconsciente debido al vestigio intelectual y poliacutetico

ISO 23841977

Norma ISO publicada en 1977 que establece las normas para asegurar que las traducciones se presenten en un formato normalizado que simplifique su uso por parte de diferentes categoriacuteas de usuarios Se aplica a la traduccioacuten de todos los documentos ya sean completos parciales o resumidos Se distinguen cuatro tipos de documentos libros publicaciones perioacutedicas artiacuteculos y patentes

Referencias

1 uarr Yebra G Teoriacutea y praacutectica de la traduccioacuten p 30 2 uarr Nida E A La traduccioacuten teoriacutea y praacutectica p 29

Errores en la traduccioacuten

Al hacer un anaacutelisis de los errores que cometen los traductores podemos comprobar que la mayoriacutea de ellos sin incluir los debidos al conocimiento insuficiente del idioma o del tema traducido se deben principalmente a tres causas

1) Una lectura muy raacutepida o superficial del material a ser traducido 2) Una falla al elegir el equivalente correcto al traducir una palabra en un determinado

contexto 3) Una construccioacuten confusa o poco natural al idioma de la traduccioacuten

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

10

3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA

Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes

Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos

Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo

Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

11

4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)

Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores

1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)

Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 10: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

10

3 COHESIOacuteN Y COHERENCIA

Un texto no es una mera suma de oraciones Para que un texto sea considerado tal debe contar con dos componentes esenciales cohesioacuten y coherencia que si bien se encuentran estrechamente relacionados son diferentes La coherencia puede ser pensada en teacuterminos de relacioacuten entre los significados y las secuencias de ideas en un texto o en la organizacioacuten correcta de la informacioacuten de temas de un texto Ejemplos tiacutepicos seriacutean problema solucioacuten pregunta respuesta La cohesioacuten consiste en las conexiones gramaticales y leacutexicas que conectan una parte de un texto con otro para conformar un todo Esto incluye el uso de sinoacutenimos pronombres tiempos verbales referencias de tiempo gramaticales etc Por ej rdquoitrdquo y ldquothisrdquo refieren a una idea mencionada anteriormente ldquoFirst of allrdquo ldquothenrdquoy ldquoafter thatrdquo ayudan a indicar una secuencia en un texto ldquoHoweverrdquo ldquoin additionrdquo and ldquofor instancerdquo conectan ideas y argumentos en un texto La cohesioacuten es el pegamento que mantiene un texto unido entre sus oraciones y paacuterrafos Uno de los mecanismos de cohesioacuten a nivel gramatical es la referencia Encontramos los siguientes tipos de referencia en ingleacutes

Referencia personal representada por los pronombres personales y posesivos y por los adjetivos posesivos

Referencia demostrativa que incluye a los teacuterminos ldquothis these that those el artiacuteculo ldquotherdquo y vocablos tales como ldquosuch ardquo

Referencia comparativa expresada por verbos y adjetivos comparativos

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

11

4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)

Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores

1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)

Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 11: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

11

4 CONEXIOacuteN LOacuteGICA DE ORACIONES CONECTORES (LINKERS)

Siempre hay una conexioacuten loacutegica entre las oraciones que conforman un texto Estas relaciones se expresan a traveacutes del uso de conectores La funcioacuten de los mismos es conectar palabras oraciones o paacuterrafos y mostrar la relacioacuten loacutegica que existe entre estos componentes Los ejemplos que figuran a continuacioacuten ilustran las relaciones loacutegicas baacutesicas Ver listas maacutes completas de conectores

1 Video produces relatively unprocessed data (El video produce informacioacuten sin procesar en forma relativa) A D I C I Oacute N In addition it makes flexible use of time dimension (Ademaacutes hace flexible el uso de la dimensioacuten del tiempo) 2 First save your finished work (Primero guardaacute tu trabajo terminado ) S E C U E N C I A Then close the file (Luego cerraacute el archivo) 3 I forgot my paper (Me olvideacute mi trabajo) C O N S E C U E N C I A so I will have to hand it in tomorrow (Asiacute quePor lo tanto tendreacute que entregarlo mantildeana 4 From 1824 to 1826 Dickens again attended school (Desde 1824 a 1826 Dickens volvioacute a asistir a la escuela) C O N T R A S T E For the most part however he was self-educated (Sin embargo en general fue autodidacta)

Lista de los conectores maacutes comunes Algunas de estas palabras tienen otros significados El significado que se transcribe es el que corresponde a su uso como conector

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 12: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

12

Connectors

Summary

Reason - Causa

because (conj)

Porque

Because large countries have more financial resources (comma) it is easier to raise money to support athletes

It is easier to raise money to support athletes because large countries have so many (no comma)

Since (conj) Desde quepuesto que

Since large countries have more financial resources it is easier to raise money to support the athletes

for this reason Por esta razoacuten

Large countries have more financial resources For this reason its easier to raise money to support athletes

Purpose Propoacutesito

so that Paraa fin de quede modo de

The baby reached up so that he could get some candy

in order to = fml He has to pull down on the lever in order to get some candy to come out

Result - Resultado

so (conj) para de modo queresultado

The USSR supported its athletes while they trained so they could keep their non-professional status

Therefore (adv)

The members of the track team were given scholarships therefore they could spend their spare time training rather than holding jobs

as a result Como resultado

Canada wouldnt give the skaters a place on their team as a result the pair skaters moved to France to join the French team

Consequently (adv) Por consiguiente

The American skater worked as a waiter in the evenings consequently he had less time to train

Thus (adv) De este modo Por consiguiente

The cyclist tested positive for drugs thus he was suspended from the team

Accordingly (adv) Como correspondepor consiguiente

The Italian downhill skier had the fastest time accordingly he won the gold medal

as a consequence en consecuenciacomo consecuencia

The best trainers left the East Bloc for the West as a consequence the West benefited from East Bloc know how

hence de ahiacutepor lo tanto

The African country of Senegal has no snow hence very few competitors come to the Winter Olympics

so (that) The skaters did so well that they won the competition

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 13: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

13

tan que

Addition - Adicioacuten

and y

The skater was strong and graceful

and also y tambieacutenademaacutes

The skater was strong and also graceful

Also TambieacutenAdemaacutes

The skater was strong Also he was graceful

as well as y

The skater was strong as well as graceful

besides (verb)ing Ademaacutes de ser

Besides being strong the skater was graceful

in addition Ademaacutes

The skater was strong graceful and expressive In addition he was creative

Moreover Ademaacutes

The skater was able to do a triple axle jump Moreover he could land perfectly

Furthermore

ademaacutes

The skater could do a triple axle jump Furthermore he could land it perfectly

Emphasis - Enfasis

Indeed De hecho (se usa para dar eacutenfasis)

The skater could do a triple jump and land perfectly Indeed it was amazing

in fact De hecho

The skater could spin and make it look effortless In fact he was turning at speeds in excess of 90 miles per hour

Contrast - Contraste

But Pero

The skier wanted to compete in the Olympics but he broke his leg

However Sin embargo

The skier had intended to compete in the Olympics however he broke his leg

Nonetheless Sin embargo

Nevertheless Sin embargo

Contrast unexpected outcome ndash Contraste Resultado inesperado

Although Aunque

Although he fell he got back up

Though Aunque

Though he fell he got back up

even though aunque

Even though there was little financial help they made it to the Olympics

In spite of (noun noun

phrase) A pesar de

In spite of the snowstorm they held the downhill race In spite of having no snow in Africa the skiers managed to train

despite (n)

a pesar de Despite the warm weather there was enough snow to ski on

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 14: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

14

Contrast - the other side ndash Contraste ndash Por otro lado

on the other hand (It is however also true that ) (Looking at both sides of the coin) On the one handpor un lado On the other hand por otro lado

The Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media On the one hand the Jamaican Bobsled didnt do too well in the competition On the other hand they were very popular with the media

on the contrary (The opposite is true) Por el contrario

Some people say that it was hard for the Jamaican bobsled team to find financial resources On the contrary several organizations gave them financial support

Condition - Condicioacuten

if si

If an athlete tests drug-free then he can compete

only if soacutelo si Only if an athlete tests drug-free can he compete

if only si soacutelo If only we could stop this abuse of drugs (a strong wish or regret)

Unless a menos que Unless an athlete tests drug-free then he cannot compete

in the event en caso que In the event a track meet is cancelled everyone is notified

in case en caso In case an athlete gets hurt paramedics are nearby

whether or not (ver traduccioacuten-uso)

An athlete can be disqualified whether or not he knowingly took drugs Se puede descalificar a un atleta en caso que haya tomado drogas lo supiera o noa sabiendas o no

regardless of a pesar de

An athlete can be disqualified regardless of his knowledge of taking drugs

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 15: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

15

5 FORMACION DE PALABRAS (WORD FORMATION)

AFIJACIOacuteN SUFIJOS Y PREFIJOS (Affixation suffixes and prefixes)1

Afijacioacuten s f Formacioacuten de palabras nuevas antildeadiendo un prefijo o un sufijo a una palabra ya existente o a su raiacutez mediante la afijacioacuten se modifica el sentido y la forma de las palabras

Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL

SUFIJOS

1 Las listas de afijos y sufijos son soacutelo parte de los numerosos ejemplos que se iraacuten agregando

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 16: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

16

PREFIJOS y FLEXIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 17: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

17

6 DEFINICIOacuteN DE GLOSARIO Y EJEMPLOS

Seguacuten el Diccionario Manual de la Lengua Espantildeola Vox copy 2007 Larousse Editorial SL un Glosario s m es un cataacutelogo alfabetizado de las palabras y expresiones de un texto que son difiacuteciles de comprender junto con su significado o con una explicacioacuten o comentario el libro habriacutea resultado maacutes uacutetil si se hubiera incluido un glosario de teacuterminos teacutecnicos y abreviaturas

A continuacioacuten encontraraacuten ejemplos para su glosario desde la buacutesqueda maacutes sencilla que contiene palabra categoriacutea geacutenero y nuacutemero y significado hasta incluir otras entradas explicaciones ejemplos fuentes e hilos del foro de discusioacuten Dichos ejemplos estaacuten extraiacutedos del diccionario on-line wwwwordreferencecom que en realidad es un buscador de diccionarios Podraacuten observar que cita la fuente de donde se extrae la definicioacuten luego indica la transcripcioacuten foneacutetica la categoriacutea gramatical geacutenero y nuacutemero las formas compuestas y ejemplos de la palabra (y cada significado) con el contexto Como es tambieacuten un diccionario colaborativo cita las discusiones en el foro respecto a los significados de la palabra o sus formas compuestas seguacuten diferentes contextos

Glassware Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

[glɑsweəʳ] nombre (sust) cristaleriacutea

Textiles (sust Pl) tejidos- (adj) textile

Furnishings(sust pl) muebles mobiliario accesorios

Furniture Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press uncountable (in home office) muebles mpl mobiliario m a piece of ~ un mueble (before n) ~ mover o (BrE) remover empresa f de mudanzas ~ polish cera f para muebles

Diccionario Espasa Concise copy 2000 Espasa Calpe

furniture [fɜnɪtʃəʳ] nombre muebles a piece of furniture un mueble antique furniture muebles antiguos furniture WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

Compound Forms door furniture accesorios para puertas n furniture designer n (sb who designs furniture) disentildeador de mobiliario nm Mies van der Rohe a pioneer of modern architecture was also a philosopher teacher and furniture designer furniture maker n (sb who makes furniture) ebanista nm furniture mover n US (sb who transports furniture) servicio de mudanzas nm transportista nm furniture remover nm empleado de una empresa de mudanzas furniture polish n(product used to shine wooden furniture) lustramuebles nm Modern furniture polishes contain silicon and should not be used on antique furniture cera para madera nf furniture store n (shop that sells furnishings) muebleriacutea nf I went to the furniture store to look for a new sofa Fui a la muebleriacutea a ver sofaacutes para las sala tienda de muebles nf furniture van n camioacuten de mudanzas nm kit furniture n muebles en kit nmpl office furniture n (desks chairs etc used in an office) mobiliario de oficina nm He ensured that his new office furniture would be hard-wearing Consiguieron mobiliario de oficina de segunda mano en muy buenas condiciones y muy barato

muebles de oficina nmpl

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 18: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

18

Es necesario renovar los muebles de oficina patio furniture npl muebles para el jardiacuten nmpl patio furniture npl muebles para el patio nmpl reproduction furniture n mobiliario antiguo de imitacioacuten Forum discussions with the word(s) furniture in the title a vanity (furniture) wide deep low about in and on furniture - grammar and inlay of husks halved lunettes and (furniture) break the furniture burned the furniture for heat - financial contract (furniture) cracker boxes were made to serve as furniture custom built furniture o made to measure deck furniture disgorging heaps of furniture etc

stained glass Pocket Oxford Spanish Dictionary copy 2005 Oxford University Press steɪnd n uncountable vidrio m or cristal m de colores (before n) ~ ~ window vitral m vidriera f (de colores) stained glass WordReference English-Spanish Dictionary copy 2010

stained glass vidrio de color nm

Compound Forms stained glass window n vidriera nf

stained glass window n vitral nm

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 19: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

19

Ejercicio uso del diccionario

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 20: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

20

PRE-MODIFICADORES

7 TECNICAS PARA UNA MEJOR INTERPRETACION

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 21: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

21

8 EL ORDEN DE LAS PALABRAS EN LA ORACION INGLESA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 22: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

22

9 COMPARACIONES

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 23: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

23

10 VERBOS Los verbos en ingleacutes tienen 4 partes baacutesicas

Base form -ing form Past tense Past participle

work working worked worked

play playing played played

listen listening listened listened

En la mayoriacutea de los verbos el pasado y el participio pasado terminan en ndashed (worked played

listened) Pero muchos de los verbos maacutes utilizados son irregulares

Hacemos preguntas del siguiente modo

1 Se coloca un auxiliar al comienzo de la oracioacuten

Everybody is watching gtgt Is everybody watching

They had worked hard gtgt Had they worked hard

Hes finished work gtgt Has he finished work

Everybody had been working hard gtgt Had everybody been working hard

He has been singing gtgt Has he been singing

English is spoken all over the world gtgt Is English spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned gtgt Have the windows been cleaned

2 hellip or colocando el verbo modal al principio de la oracioacuten

They will come gtgt Will they come

He might come gtgt Might he come

They will have arrived by now gtgt Will they have arrived by now

She would have been listening gtgt Would she have been listening

The work will be finished soon gtgt Will the work be finished soon

They might have been invited to the

party gtgt

Might they have been invited to the

party

3 El presente simple y el pasado simple no llevan auxiliar Hacemos oraciones interrogativas

agregando el auxiliar dodoes en el presente simple o did en el pasado simple

They live here gtgt Do they live here

John lives here gtgt Does John live here

Everybody laughed gtgt Did everybody laugh

Hay dos tiempos verbales(two tenses) en ingleacutes ndash past (pasado) y present (presente)

The present tenses in English are used

to talk about the present

to talk about the future

to talk about the past when we are telling a story in spoken English or when we are

summarising a book film play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 24: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

24

Hay cuatro formas de tiempo presente en ingleacutes

Present simple I work

Present continuous I am working

Present perfect I have worked

Present perfect continuous I have been working

We use these forms

to talk about the present

He works at McDonaldrsquos He has worked there for three months now

He is working at McDonaldrsquos He has been working there for three months now

London is the capital of Britain

to talk about the future

The next train leaves this evening at 1700 hours

Irsquoll phone you when I get home

Hersquos meeting Peter in town this afternoon

Irsquoll come home as soon as I have finished work

You will be tired out after you have been working all night

We can use the present tenses to talk about the past

The present tense is the base form of the verb I work in London

But the third person (sheheit) adds an -s She works in London

Use

We use the present tense to talk about

something that is true in the present

Irsquom nineteen years old

He lives in London

Irsquom a student

something that happens again and again in the present

I play football every weekend

We use words like sometimes often always and never (adverbs of frequency) with the

present tense

I sometimes go to the cinema

She never plays football

something that is always true

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 25: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

25

The human body contains 206 bones

Light travels at almost 300000 kilometres per second

something that is fixed in the future

The school terms starts next week

The train leaves at 1945 this evening

We fly to Paris next week

Questions and negatives

Look at these questions

Do you play the piano

Where do you live

Does Jack play football

Where does he come from

Do Rita and Angela live in Manchester

Where do they work

With the present tense we use do and does to make questions We use does for the third

person (sheheit) and we use do for the others

We use do and does with question words like where what and why

But look at these questions with who

Who lives in London

Who plays football at the weekend

Who works at Liverpool City Hospital

Look at these sentences

I like tennis but I donrsquot like football (donrsquot = do not)

I donrsquot live in London now

I donrsquot play the piano but I play the guitar

They donrsquot work at the weekend

John doesnrsquot live in Manchester (doesnrsquot = does not)

Angela doesnrsquot drive to work She goes by bus

With the present tense we use do and does to make negatives We use does not (doesnrsquot)

for the third person (sheheit) and we use do not (donrsquot) for the others

El presente continuo

The present continuous tense is formed from the present tense of the verb be and the present

participle (-ing form) of a verb

Use

1 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the present

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 26: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

26

for something that is happening at the moment of speaking

Irsquom just leaving work Irsquoll be home in an hour

Please be quiet The children are sleeping

for something which is happening before and after a given time

At eight orsquoclock we are usually having breakfast

When I get home the children are doing their homework

for something which we think is temporary

Michael is at university Hersquos studying history

Irsquom working in London for the next two weeks

for something which is new and contrasts with a previous state

These days most people are using email instead of writing letters

What sort of clothes are teenagers wearing nowadays What sort of music are they

listening to

to show that something is changing growing or developing

The children are growing quickly

The climate is changing rapidly

Your English is improving

for something which happens again and again

Itrsquos always raining in London

They are always arguing

George is great Hersquos always laughing

Note We normally use always with this use

2 We use the present continuous tense to talk about the future

for something which has been arranged or planned

Mary is going to a new school next term

What are you doing next week

3 We can use the present continuous to talk about the past

When we are telling a story

When we are summarising the story from a book film or play etc

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 27: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

27

El presente perfecto

The present perfect is formed from the present tense of the verb have and the past participle of

a verb

The present perfect continuous is formed with havehas been and the -ing form of the verb

Use

We use the present perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continues in the present

Theyrsquove been married for nearly fifty years

She has lived in Liverpool all her life

Note We normally use the present perfect continuous for this

She has been living in Liverpool all her life

Itrsquos been raining for hours

for something we have done several times in the past and continue to do

Irsquove played the guitar ever since I was a teenager

He has written three books and he is working on another one

Irsquove been watching that programme every week

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

Theyrsquove been staying with us since last week

I have worked here since I left school

Irsquove been watching that programme every week since it started

when we are talking about our experience up to the present

Note We often use the adverb ever to talk about experience up to the present

My last birthday was the worst day I have ever had

Note and we use never for the negative form

Have you ever met George

Yes but Irsquove never met his wife

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of speaking

I canrsquot get in the house Irsquove lost my keys

Teresa isnrsquot at home I think she has gone shopping

Irsquom tired out Irsquove been working all day

We use the present perfect of be when someone has gone to a place and returned

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 28: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

28

A Where have you been

B Irsquove just been out to the supermarket

A Have you ever been to San Francisco

B No but Irsquove been to Los Angeles

But when someone has not returned we use havehas gone

A Where is Maria I havenrsquot seen her for weeks

B Shes gone to Paris for a week Shersquoll be back tomorrow

We often use the present perfect with time adverbials which refer to the recent past

just only just recently

Scientists have recently discovered a new breed of monkey

We have just got back from our holidays

or adverbials which include the present

ever (in questions) so far until now up to now yet (in questions and negatives)

Have you ever seen a ghost

Where have you been up to now

Have you finished your homework yet

No so far Irsquove only done my history

WARNING

We do not use the present perfect with an adverbial which refers to past time which is finished

I have seen that film yesterday

We have just bought a new car last week

When we were children we have been to California

But we can use it to refer to a time which is not yet finished

Have you seen Helen today

We have bought a new car this week

The past tense in English is used

to talk about the past

to talk about hypotheses ndash things that are imagined rather than true

for politeness

Tiempo Pasado

Hay cuatro formas para el pasado en ingleacutes

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 29: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

29

Past simple I worked

Past continuous I was working

Past perfect I had worked

Past perfect continuous I had been working

We use these forms

to talk about the past

He worked at McDonaldrsquos He had worked there since July

He was working at McDonaldrsquos He had been working since July

to refer to the present or future in conditions

He could get a new job if he really tried

If Jack was playing they would probably win

and hypotheses

It might be dangerous Suppose they got lost

I would always help someone who really needed help

and wishes

I wish it wasnrsquot so cold

In conditions hypotheses and wishes if we want to talk about the past we always use

the past perfect

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

We can use the past forms to talk about the present in a few polite expressions

Excuse me I was wondering if this was the train for York

I just hoped you would be able to help me

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 30: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

30

PASADO SIMPLE ndash (VERBOS REGULARES e IRREGULARES)- PASADO CONTINUO

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 31: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

31

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 32: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

32

El pasado continuo

The past continuous is formed from the past tense of be with the -ing form of the verb

We use the past continuous to talk about the past

for something which continued before and after another action

The children were doing their homework when I got home

Compare

I got home The children did their homework

and

The children did their homework when I got home

As I was watching television the telephone rang

This use of the past continuous is very common at the beginning of a story

The other day I was waiting for a bus when hellip

Last week as I was driving to work hellip

for something that happened before and after a particular time

It was eight orsquoclock I was writing a letter

Compare

At eight orsquoclock I wrote some letters

In July she was working in McDonaldrsquos

to show that something continued for some time

My head was aching

Everyone was shouting

for something that was happening again and again

I was practising every day three times a day

They were meeting secretly after school

They were always quarrelling

with verbs which show change or growth

The children were growing up quickly

Her English was improving

My hair was going grey

The town was changing quickly

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 33: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

33

El pasado perfecto

We use the verb had and the past participle for the past perfect

I had finished the work

She had gone

The past perfect continuous is formed with had been and the -ing form of the verb

I had been finishing the work

She had been going

The past perfect is used in the same way as the present perfect but it refers to a time in the past

not the present

We use the past perfect tense

for something that started in the past and continued up to a given time in the past

When George died he and Anne had been married for nearly fifty years

She didnrsquot want to move She had lived in Liverpool all her life

We normally use the past perfect continuous for this

She didnrsquot want to move She had been living in Liverpool all her life

Everything was wet It had been raining for hours

for something we had done several times up to a point in the past and continued to do

after that point

He was a wonderful guitarist He had been playing ever since he was a teenager

He had written three books and he was working on another one

I had been watching the programme every week but I missed the last episode

We often use a clause with since to show when something started in the past

They had been staying with us since the previous week

I was sorry when the factory closed I had worked there since I left school

I had been watching that programme every week since it started but I missed the last

episode

when we are reporting our experience and including up to the (then) present

My eighteenth birthday was the worst day I had ever had

I was pleased to meet George I hadnrsquot met him before even though I had met his wife

several times

for something that happened in the past but is important at the time of reporting

I couldnrsquot get into the house I had lost my keys

Teresa wasnrsquot at home She had gone shopping

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 34: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

34

We use the past perfect to talk about the past in conditions hypotheses and wishes

I would have helped him if he had asked

It was very dangerous What if you had got lost

I wish I hadnrsquot spent so much money last month

11 VERBOS MODALES

Transitive verbs have both active and passive forms

active

passive

The hunter killed the lion gtgt The lion was killed by the hunter

Someone has cleaned the windows gtgt The windows have been cleaned

The passive forms are made up of the verb be with a past participle

be past participle

English is spoken all over the world

The windows have been cleaned

Lunch was being served

The work will be finished soon

They might have been invited to the party

12 VOZ ACTIVA Y PASIVA

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 35: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

35

We sometimes use the verb get to form the passive

Be careful with the glass It might get broken

Peter got hurt in a crash

If we want to show the person or thing doing the action we use by

She was attacked by a dangerous dog

The money was stolen by her husband

We can use the indirect object as the subject of a passive verb

active

passive

I gave him a book for his birthday gtgt He was given a book for his

birthday

Someone sent her a cheque for a

thousand euros gtgt

She was sent a cheque for a

thousand euros

We can use phrasal verbs in the passive

active

passive

They called off the meeting gtgt The meeting was called off

His grandmother looked after

him gtgt

He was looked after by his

grandmother

They will send him away to

school gtgt He will be sent away to school

Some verbs very frequently used in the passive are followed by the to-infinitive

be supposed to be expected to be asked to

be scheduled to be allowed to be told to

John has been asked to make a speech at the meeting

You are supposed to wear a uniform

The meeting is scheduled to start at seven

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 36: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

36

13 RECONOCIMIENTO TEXTUAL E INTERPRETACIOacuteN DE LA ING 1 cabeza o nuacutecleo de frase nominal sujeto de la oracioacuten Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull Printing is quick (La impresioacuten es raacutepida) bull This processing of information is easy (Este procesamiento de informacioacuten es sencillo) bull Fishing is his favourite sport (La pesca es su deporte preferido)

2 premodificador (adjetivo)

bull Iteration is a programming technique (La iteracioacuten es una teacutecnica de programacioacuten) bull They are solving some computing problems (Estaacuten resolviendo algunos problemas de computacioacuten) bull These are supporting devices(Estos son dispositivos de apoyo)

3 postmodificador (sustantivo+ -ing) Traduccioacuten que+verbo conjugado

bull In most machines the smallest unit that can be addressed with one instruction is a character consisting of a group of 6 or 8 bits (En la mayoriacutea de las maacutequinas la unidad maacutes pequentildea a la que uno se puede dirigir con una sola instruccion es un caracter que consiste de un grupo de 6 u 8 bits)

4 preposicioacuten + ing Traduccioacuten infinitivo o sustantivo

bull The importance of using anti-virus programmes is vital (La importancia de usar programas antivirus es vital) bull After cleaning his teeth he went to bed (Despueacutes de lavarse los dientes se fue a dormir) by + ing (traduccioacuten 0 de la preposicioacuten o al+ infinitivo) bull You switch the radio on by pressing this button (Encienda la radio presionando este botoacuten)

5 be + verb + ing (frase verbal) Traduccioacuten verbo + ldquoando endordquo

bull We are working hard (Estamos trabajando duro) bull When I entered the room he was talking with his son (Cuando entreacute a la habitacioacuten eacutel estaba conversando con su hijo)

6 combinacioacuten de oraciones con claacuteusula ing expresando causa modo o medio (Traduccioacuten -ando-endo)

bull Each block will contain an arbitrary number of records depending on the core store available (Cada bloque contendraacute un nuacutemero arbitrario de registros dependiendo de la memoria de nuacutecleos disponibles)

7 despueacutes de ciertos verbos Traduccioacuten infinitivo

bull He loves playing the piano (A eacutel le encanta tocar el piano) bull Have you finished talking (iquestTerminaste de hablar)

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 37: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

37

14 PREPOSITIONS (PREPOSICIONES) Numerar la oracioacuten con el dibujo correspondiente

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (lugar)

in inside

dentro de dentro 1 There is a pink elephant in the box

out of outside fuera de fuera 2 The elephant is out of the box

on

sobre encima (tocando elobjeto) 3 There is a lamp on the table

under

debajo 4 There is a cat under the table

above directamente encima sin

tocarlo 5 Write your name above the line

around

alrededor 6 Write a circle around the answer

below

por debajo de 7 Write your name below the line

within

dentro de 8 Write within the circle

near by

cerca de 9 There are some trees near the house

with

con 10Tom is with Peter

next to

al lado de 11 There is a leaf next to the snail

between

entre dos cosas u objetos 12 The monkey is between the palms

opposite

de frente a 13 The elephant is opposite the horse

behind

detraacutes 14 The elephant is behind the wall

in front of

en frente de 15 There is a bird in front of the house

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute

Page 38: Cuadernillo Lectocomprension Ingles 2012

UMSA- Ingleacutes Lecto comprensioacuten - Ingleacutes I y II

38

on the left on the right

a la izquierda a la derecha Turn on the left Turn on the right

Prepositions of movement

Preposiciones de movimiento

To A en direccioacuten hacia

Up Hacia arriba

Down Hacia abajo

Towards Hacia

Backwards Hacia atraacutes

from De desde

PREPOSITIONS OF TIME (Tiempo) ( AT ON IN) At The time (hora) At one orsquoclock

Night At nightat midnight (medianoche)

Vacations of more than a day At Christmas Easter (Navidades-Pascua)

On Days (diacuteas) On Sunday On Monday morning

On 25th April

On New Yearrsquos Day

In Years (antildeos) In 1996

Months (meses) In April

Seasons (estaciones del antildeo) In Spring

Parts of the day In the morningin the afternoonin the evening

PREPOSITIONS OF PLACE (Lugar) (IN AT)

IN In a room

In a shop In a box

In a garden

in a park in a town

In Spain In Rome

In the city centre

In the water

In the sea In my coffee

AT At the door

At the traffic lights

At the bus stop At the top (of the page)

At the bottom

OTHER EXPRESSIONS

At home at work at school at university

At the station at the airport

At the doctoracutes at the dentistacutes

At Janeacutes (house) at my sisteracutes house

At a concert at a conference at a party at a football match

By train en tren by car en auto by plane en avioacuten on foot a pieacute